16959 lines
749 KiB
Plaintext
16959 lines
749 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023
|
||
# Wil Odoo, 2023
|
||
# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: th\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Barcode"
|
||
msgstr "บาร์โค้ด"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and "
|
||
"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By "
|
||
"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered "
|
||
"by scanning barcodes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-"
|
||
"basics-692>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "ภาพรวม"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of"
|
||
" information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific "
|
||
"barcode pattern—which is a defined format of numbers, letters, special "
|
||
"characters, and character length—to ensure proper interpretation of the "
|
||
"barcode. By scanning the barcode on an unopened box, GS1 nomenclature can "
|
||
"identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
|
||
"identifiers>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
|
||
"list>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, "
|
||
"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the "
|
||
"default barcode nomenclature options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports "
|
||
"by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule "
|
||
"Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be"
|
||
" condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the corresponding "
|
||
":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode "
|
||
"Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode "
|
||
"<developer-mode>`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` and finally, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Use GS1 barcode"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using "
|
||
"the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier "
|
||
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.) "
|
||
"serves as the universal prefix for GS1 for barcode identification. Odoo uses"
|
||
" regular expressions to describe barcode patterns concisely. Each barcode "
|
||
"pattern begins with a required 2-4 digit :abbr:`A.I. (application "
|
||
"identifier)`, which corresponds to the rule defined in the system's "
|
||
":ref:`barcode nomenclature list <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-"
|
||
"nomenclature>`. By including the appropriate :abbr:`A.I. (application "
|
||
"identifier)` from the list, Odoo can accurately interpret GS1 barcodes. "
|
||
"While most barcode patterns have a flexible length, some specific patterns, "
|
||
"such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach"
|
||
" the maximum character length."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
|
||
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns "
|
||
"and rules to follow. Otherwise, the following section contains examples of "
|
||
"how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Product + quantity + lot"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in"
|
||
" it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188
|
||
msgid "Name"
|
||
msgstr "ชื่อ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302
|
||
msgid "Rule Name"
|
||
msgstr "ชื่อกฎ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188
|
||
msgid "A.I."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302
|
||
msgid "Barcode Pattern"
|
||
msgstr "รูปแบบบาร์โค้ด"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188
|
||
msgid "Field in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190
|
||
msgid "Product"
|
||
msgstr "สินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306
|
||
msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190
|
||
msgid "01"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306
|
||
msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352
|
||
msgid "Quantity"
|
||
msgstr "จำนวน"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335
|
||
msgid "Variable count of items"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid "30"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335
|
||
msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Lot Number"
|
||
msgstr "หมายเลขล็อต"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320
|
||
msgid "Batch or lot number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
msgid "10"
|
||
msgstr "10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "การกำหนดค่า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
" <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Next, "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form "
|
||
"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting "
|
||
"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
|
||
"with the 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
|
||
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universal and "
|
||
"unique identifying number from GS1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for"
|
||
" GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple "
|
||
"barcodes into a single barcode that contains detailed information about the "
|
||
"package contents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN "
|
||
"`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access "
|
||
"this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the :guilabel:`Configure "
|
||
"Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` section. "
|
||
"Enter the 14-digit GTIN into the :guilabel:`Barcode` column, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0
|
||
msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, "
|
||
"choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Scan barcode on receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned "
|
||
"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
|
||
"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
|
||
"products>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view "
|
||
"the list of vendor receptions to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs"
|
||
" (Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be "
|
||
"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan"
|
||
" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned "
|
||
"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to "
|
||
"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the "
|
||
"associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the "
|
||
"lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the "
|
||
"*Barcode* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 "
|
||
"remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the "
|
||
"desired lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities."
|
||
" Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When "
|
||
"finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this"
|
||
" receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the "
|
||
"reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and "
|
||
"quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182
|
||
msgid "Product + non-unit quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit "
|
||
"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are "
|
||
"used:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193
|
||
msgid "Quantity in kilograms"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193
|
||
msgid "310[0-5]"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340
|
||
msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order"
|
||
" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure "
|
||
"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-"
|
||
"example>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
|
||
":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
|
||
"products>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of "
|
||
"peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on "
|
||
"the page, this means the reception was processed without issue. Finally, "
|
||
"press :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, "
|
||
"was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the "
|
||
"`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products "
|
||
"are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product "
|
||
"Moves`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by "
|
||
"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open"
|
||
" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*"
|
||
" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception "
|
||
"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode "
|
||
"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were "
|
||
"properly stored in *Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240
|
||
msgid "Create rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's "
|
||
":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, "
|
||
"Odoo will fail to interpret the entire barcode. To ensure the complete "
|
||
"reading of the barcode, it is necessary to add the missing barcode to Odoo's"
|
||
" list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing "
|
||
"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is"
|
||
" still useful to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are "
|
||
"interpreted correctly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. Then, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule."
|
||
" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
|
||
"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different "
|
||
"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. "
|
||
"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the "
|
||
"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows "
|
||
"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches "
|
||
"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence "
|
||
"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information "
|
||
"about the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
|
||
" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to "
|
||
"the table of rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272
|
||
msgid "Barcode troubleshooting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try"
|
||
" when the barcodes are not working as expected:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as "
|
||
":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature "
|
||
"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more "
|
||
"details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For "
|
||
"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's "
|
||
"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product "
|
||
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the "
|
||
":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are "
|
||
"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be "
|
||
"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go"
|
||
" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all "
|
||
"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode."
|
||
" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to "
|
||
"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295
|
||
msgid "GS1 nomenclature list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns "
|
||
"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a "
|
||
"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the "
|
||
"final character."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302
|
||
msgid "Type"
|
||
msgstr "ประเภท"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302
|
||
msgid "GS1 Content Type"
|
||
msgstr "ประเภทเนื้อหา GS1"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302
|
||
msgid "Odoo field"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Package"
|
||
msgstr "แพ็คเกจ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304
|
||
msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
|
||
msgid "Numeric identifier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Package name"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309
|
||
msgid "Unit Product"
|
||
msgstr "หน่วยสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309
|
||
msgid "GTIN of contained trade items"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309
|
||
msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309
|
||
msgid "Packaging"
|
||
msgstr "บรรจุภัณฑ์"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312
|
||
msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Destination location"
|
||
msgstr "ตำแหน่งปลายทาง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312
|
||
msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315
|
||
msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Source location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
|
||
msgid "I.D. of a physical location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Location"
|
||
msgstr "สถานที่"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
|
||
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323
|
||
msgid "Lot"
|
||
msgstr "ล็อต"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320
|
||
msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354
|
||
msgid "Alpha-numeric name"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323
|
||
msgid "Serial number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323
|
||
msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326
|
||
msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326
|
||
msgid "Packaging Date"
|
||
msgstr "วันที่บรรจุภัณฑ์"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326
|
||
msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332
|
||
msgid "Date"
|
||
msgstr "วันที่"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326
|
||
msgid "Pack date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329
|
||
msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329
|
||
msgid "Best before Date"
|
||
msgstr "ดีที่สุดก่อนวันที่"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329
|
||
msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329
|
||
msgid "Best before date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332
|
||
msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date"
|
||
msgstr "วันหมดอายุ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332
|
||
msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332
|
||
msgid "Expiry date"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352
|
||
msgid "Measure"
|
||
msgstr "ตัวชี้วัด"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335
|
||
msgid "UoM: Units"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337
|
||
msgid "Count of trade items"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337
|
||
msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337
|
||
msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340
|
||
msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340
|
||
msgid "Qty in kg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342
|
||
msgid "Length in meters (m)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342
|
||
msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342
|
||
msgid "Qty in m"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344
|
||
msgid "Net volume: liters (L)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344
|
||
msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344
|
||
msgid "Qty in L"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346
|
||
msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346
|
||
msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346
|
||
msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348
|
||
msgid "Length in inches (in)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348
|
||
msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348
|
||
msgid "Qty in inches"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350
|
||
msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350
|
||
msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350
|
||
msgid "Qty in oz"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352
|
||
msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352
|
||
msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352
|
||
msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354
|
||
msgid "Packaging type"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354
|
||
msgid "Packaging Type"
|
||
msgstr "ประเภทบรรจุภัณฑ์"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354
|
||
msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354
|
||
msgid "Package type"
|
||
msgstr "ประเภทแพ็คเกจ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "ใบเสร็จ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "คำสั่งจัดส่ง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "โอนย้ายภายใน"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "ตั้งค่า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade "
|
||
"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify "
|
||
"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously,"
|
||
" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the "
|
||
"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix."
|
||
" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, "
|
||
"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products "
|
||
"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a "
|
||
"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. "
|
||
"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also "
|
||
"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "คลังสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management"
|
||
" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate "
|
||
"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
|
||
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
|
||
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, "
|
||
"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must "
|
||
"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in"
|
||
" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Inventory Adjustments page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are "
|
||
"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the "
|
||
"following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product"
|
||
" is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the "
|
||
"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination "
|
||
"of both."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more "
|
||
"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-"
|
||
"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own "
|
||
"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded"
|
||
" in the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. "
|
||
"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is "
|
||
":guilabel:`Units`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory "
|
||
"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on"
|
||
" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand "
|
||
"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is "
|
||
"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory "
|
||
"adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not"
|
||
" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the "
|
||
"current year."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can"
|
||
" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the "
|
||
"count in the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific"
|
||
" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`All`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is "
|
||
"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, "
|
||
"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available "
|
||
"quantity once fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be "
|
||
"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments "
|
||
"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the "
|
||
"database, next to the user currently logged in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of "
|
||
"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the "
|
||
"checkbox next to that option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Create an inventory adjustment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank "
|
||
"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is"
|
||
" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial "
|
||
"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the "
|
||
"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to "
|
||
"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` "
|
||
"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be "
|
||
"set to reflect the actual quantity counted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via "
|
||
"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
|
||
"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and "
|
||
"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific "
|
||
"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click "
|
||
"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the"
|
||
" top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
|
||
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
|
||
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the"
|
||
" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not "
|
||
"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has "
|
||
"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is "
|
||
"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the "
|
||
"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. "
|
||
"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is "
|
||
"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the "
|
||
"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / "
|
||
"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made "
|
||
"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
|
||
"specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:125
|
||
msgid "Count products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
|
||
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
|
||
"product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
|
||
"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. "
|
||
"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an "
|
||
"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the "
|
||
"product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the "
|
||
"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being "
|
||
"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of "
|
||
"`0.00`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-"
|
||
"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the "
|
||
"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
|
||
"moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. "
|
||
"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, "
|
||
"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database "
|
||
"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an "
|
||
"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:177
|
||
msgid "Change inventory count frequency"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always "
|
||
"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some "
|
||
"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all "
|
||
"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
|
||
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, "
|
||
"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
|
||
" setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:191
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within "
|
||
"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, and select the desired month."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:200
|
||
msgid "Plan big inventory counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently "
|
||
"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on "
|
||
"the far left of each product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the "
|
||
"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:217
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a"
|
||
" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a "
|
||
"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following "
|
||
"information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:221
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:222
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
|
||
" be accounted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank,"
|
||
" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each "
|
||
"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:228
|
||
msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are "
|
||
"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:235
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cycle counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
|
||
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
|
||
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
|
||
" of the current year."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
|
||
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
|
||
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
|
||
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
|
||
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Activate storage locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
|
||
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
|
||
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
|
||
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
|
||
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
|
||
"location settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
|
||
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
|
||
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
|
||
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
|
||
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
|
||
"(Days)` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Count inventory by location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
|
||
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
|
||
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
|
||
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
|
||
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
|
||
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
|
||
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
|
||
"be performed for all products in that location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
|
||
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
|
||
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
|
||
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
|
||
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
|
||
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
|
||
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
|
||
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
|
||
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
|
||
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
|
||
"by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
|
||
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "แนะนำ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
|
||
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
|
||
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
|
||
"expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
|
||
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
|
||
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
|
||
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
|
||
"buy and sell perishable products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
|
||
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
|
||
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
|
||
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
|
||
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
|
||
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
|
||
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
|
||
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
|
||
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
|
||
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
|
||
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
|
||
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
|
||
"appears to the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
|
||
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
|
||
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
|
||
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
|
||
"information to configure for the product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
|
||
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
|
||
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
|
||
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
|
||
"dangerous yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
|
||
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
|
||
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
|
||
" particular serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
|
||
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
|
||
"manufactured in-house."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
|
||
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
|
||
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
|
||
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
|
||
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
|
||
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
|
||
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
|
||
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
|
||
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
|
||
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
|
||
"assigned lot or serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0
|
||
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
|
||
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
|
||
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
|
||
"the product form (if previously configured)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
|
||
"this date can be manually entered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`; and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
|
||
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
|
||
"(MO) needs to be completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
|
||
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
|
||
"automatically assign a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
|
||
"form for that specific number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
|
||
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
|
||
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
|
||
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
|
||
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
|
||
"create a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
|
||
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
|
||
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
|
||
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
|
||
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
|
||
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
|
||
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
|
||
"customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
|
||
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
|
||
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
|
||
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
|
||
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
|
||
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227
|
||
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
|
||
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
|
||
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
|
||
"the assigned lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "Expiration alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
|
||
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
|
||
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
|
||
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
|
||
"related to the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
|
||
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
|
||
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
|
||
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
|
||
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
|
||
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot"
|
||
" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
|
||
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a"
|
||
" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
|
||
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
|
||
"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows "
|
||
"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their "
|
||
"lifecycles."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
|
||
"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product "
|
||
"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or "
|
||
"expiration dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be "
|
||
"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
|
||
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Track products by lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do "
|
||
"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and choose a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the "
|
||
"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be "
|
||
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign"
|
||
" lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot "
|
||
"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->"
|
||
" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated "
|
||
"automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
|
||
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
|
||
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, "
|
||
"and changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
|
||
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
|
||
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be "
|
||
"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
|
||
"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`"
|
||
" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
|
||
"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this "
|
||
"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and"
|
||
" assigned to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. "
|
||
"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order "
|
||
"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales "
|
||
"order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is "
|
||
"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered "
|
||
"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-"
|
||
"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot "
|
||
"number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` "
|
||
"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the"
|
||
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for "
|
||
"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Demand`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with "
|
||
"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to "
|
||
"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
|
||
" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of"
|
||
" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually "
|
||
"entered in each of the lot number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`"
|
||
" assigned, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an "
|
||
":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
|
||
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if"
|
||
" there is enough stock in that particular lot)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
|
||
"total quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
|
||
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will "
|
||
"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one "
|
||
"lot to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:226
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared "
|
||
"the same lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** "
|
||
"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot "
|
||
"be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:235
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on"
|
||
" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
|
||
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` "
|
||
"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be "
|
||
"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button"
|
||
" to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:247
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking "
|
||
"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. "
|
||
"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
|
||
" warehouse receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:262
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
|
||
"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who (and when) it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
|
||
"assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:272
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the "
|
||
"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
|
||
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:276
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
|
||
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
|
||
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
|
||
" and products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
|
||
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
|
||
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
|
||
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
|
||
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
|
||
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"choose a desired product to track."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
|
||
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
|
||
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
|
||
"of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
|
||
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
|
||
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
|
||
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
|
||
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
|
||
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
|
||
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
|
||
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
|
||
"changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
|
||
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
|
||
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
|
||
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
|
||
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
|
||
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
|
||
"sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
|
||
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
|
||
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
|
||
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
|
||
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
|
||
"without a serial number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
|
||
"up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
|
||
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
|
||
" a spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
|
||
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
|
||
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
|
||
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
|
||
"the individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
|
||
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
|
||
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
|
||
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
|
||
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
|
||
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
|
||
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
|
||
"column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
|
||
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
|
||
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
|
||
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
|
||
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
|
||
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
|
||
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
|
||
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
|
||
" appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
|
||
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
|
||
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
|
||
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
|
||
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
|
||
" used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
|
||
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286
|
||
msgid "Serial number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
|
||
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
|
||
"specifically assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
|
||
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
|
||
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
|
||
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
|
||
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
|
||
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
|
||
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "เบ็ดเตล็ด"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Batch picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, "
|
||
"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking "
|
||
"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the"
|
||
" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, "
|
||
"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered "
|
||
"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase"
|
||
" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this "
|
||
"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration"
|
||
" > Settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse"
|
||
" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio "
|
||
"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Create batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` "
|
||
"button to begin creating a batch transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59
|
||
msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field "
|
||
"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation "
|
||
"type under which the picking is categorized."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to "
|
||
"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter "
|
||
"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
|
||
" the batch picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`,"
|
||
" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
|
||
"is set to `August 11`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0
|
||
msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
|
||
"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Add batch from transfers list"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any"
|
||
" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n"
|
||
"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected "
|
||
"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ "
|
||
"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-"
|
||
"down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the "
|
||
"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch "
|
||
"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133
|
||
msgid "Process batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
|
||
"--> Batch Transfers` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch "
|
||
"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` "
|
||
"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` "
|
||
"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that "
|
||
"are currently *not* available in-stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
|
||
"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the "
|
||
"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`"
|
||
" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed "
|
||
"Operations* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
|
||
"tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
|
||
" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity"
|
||
" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to"
|
||
" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the "
|
||
"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above "
|
||
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` "
|
||
"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again "
|
||
"for available products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178
|
||
msgid "Create backorder"
|
||
msgstr "สร้างคำสั่งล่วงหน้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product "
|
||
"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183
|
||
msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new"
|
||
" batch transfer, containing the remaining products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating "
|
||
"another batch picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch "
|
||
"transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199
|
||
msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app,"
|
||
" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch "
|
||
"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open "
|
||
"the detailed list of products for the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the "
|
||
"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to "
|
||
"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the "
|
||
"picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. "
|
||
"Completed pickings are highlighted in green."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, "
|
||
"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate "
|
||
"that the last two product pickings are complete."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after "
|
||
"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user "
|
||
"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for "
|
||
":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to "
|
||
"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
|
||
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
|
||
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
|
||
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
|
||
"*consignment*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
|
||
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
|
||
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
|
||
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
|
||
"products they don't actually own."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
|
||
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
|
||
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
|
||
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
|
||
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
|
||
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
|
||
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
|
||
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
|
||
"must match."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
|
||
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
|
||
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
|
||
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
|
||
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
|
||
"option enabled on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
|
||
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
|
||
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
|
||
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
|
||
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
|
||
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
|
||
" to validate the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
|
||
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
|
||
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
|
||
"and choose a report to view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
|
||
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
|
||
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Product moves report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
|
||
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
|
||
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
|
||
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
|
||
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
|
||
"finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Stock on hand report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
|
||
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
|
||
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
|
||
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
|
||
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
|
||
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
|
||
"be a better fit than the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
|
||
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
|
||
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Add products to a wave"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
|
||
"products to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
|
||
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
|
||
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
|
||
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
|
||
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
|
||
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
|
||
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
|
||
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
|
||
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
|
||
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
|
||
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
|
||
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
|
||
msgid "View wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
|
||
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "การวางแผน"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
|
||
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "ระยะเวลาสั่งจนรับของของลูกค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "ความปลอดภัยเวลานำสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "เวลานำการผลิต"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "สินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
|
||
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a"
|
||
" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a "
|
||
"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a "
|
||
"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing "
|
||
"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a "
|
||
"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product"
|
||
" being ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
|
||
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
|
||
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` "
|
||
"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes "
|
||
"that are currently archived."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all "
|
||
"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is "
|
||
"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
|
||
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
|
||
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
|
||
"section, along with one other route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
|
||
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
|
||
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture "
|
||
"it, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so "
|
||
"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs "
|
||
"below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials "
|
||
"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` "
|
||
"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for "
|
||
"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
|
||
" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed."
|
||
" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition "
|
||
"to |MTO|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order "
|
||
"is created upon confirmation of a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
|
||
"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if "
|
||
"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, "
|
||
"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, "
|
||
"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
|
||
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`,"
|
||
" which opens a blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
|
||
" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
|
||
"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at "
|
||
"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting "
|
||
"the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the"
|
||
" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been "
|
||
"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
|
||
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
|
||
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
|
||
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
|
||
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for "
|
||
"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
|
||
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is "
|
||
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
|
||
"route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly "
|
||
"configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is "
|
||
"necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, "
|
||
"and this number is used to trigger reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use "
|
||
"to replenish the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
|
||
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
|
||
" should be purchased from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
|
||
"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This "
|
||
"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product,"
|
||
" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
|
||
"product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill"
|
||
" out the new line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted "
|
||
"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this "
|
||
"number, a replenishment order for the product is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in "
|
||
"batches of 20)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, "
|
||
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then "
|
||
"select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, "
|
||
"then fill out the new line as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted "
|
||
"quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a "
|
||
"replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, "
|
||
"the scheduler runs once each day."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select "
|
||
"the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be "
|
||
"aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests "
|
||
"for Quotation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101
|
||
msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible"
|
||
" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling "
|
||
"the functionality of both routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
|
||
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. "
|
||
"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ "
|
||
"(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down "
|
||
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
|
||
"preferred route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
|
||
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
|
||
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: "
|
||
"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these "
|
||
"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering "
|
||
"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to "
|
||
"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a "
|
||
"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"**regardless of the current stock level**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
|
||
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
|
||
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
|
||
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
|
||
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that "
|
||
"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, "
|
||
"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock"
|
||
" are both `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* "
|
||
"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the "
|
||
"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is "
|
||
"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`"
|
||
" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the "
|
||
"replenishment report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet "
|
||
"current needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding "
|
||
"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
|
||
"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
|
||
"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of "
|
||
"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` "
|
||
"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a "
|
||
"field to make it visible."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current "
|
||
"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one"
|
||
" is configured)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes "
|
||
"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the "
|
||
"replenishment is requested)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is "
|
||
"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be "
|
||
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
|
||
"is triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available "
|
||
"after replenishing the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific "
|
||
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
|
||
"products are replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and "
|
||
"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate "
|
||
"Orders` button is clicked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and "
|
||
"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order "
|
||
"Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft "
|
||
"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual "
|
||
"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of "
|
||
"time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) "
|
||
"that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment "
|
||
"report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:156
|
||
msgid "Make to order (MTO) route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is "
|
||
"hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167
|
||
msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:161
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:164
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the "
|
||
"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the "
|
||
"desired product to open its product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
|
||
"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`"
|
||
" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
|
||
"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
|
||
"tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` "
|
||
"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
|
||
"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, "
|
||
"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on "
|
||
"the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use different units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
|
||
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
|
||
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
|
||
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
|
||
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
|
||
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
|
||
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
|
||
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
|
||
" only if both units belong to the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
|
||
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
|
||
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
|
||
"new units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
|
||
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
|
||
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
|
||
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
|
||
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
|
||
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
|
||
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
|
||
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
|
||
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
|
||
" category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
|
||
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
|
||
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
|
||
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
|
||
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Unit conversion"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
|
||
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
|
||
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
|
||
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "การเติมสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
|
||
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
|
||
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
|
||
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
|
||
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
|
||
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
|
||
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
|
||
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
|
||
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
|
||
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
|
||
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
|
||
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
|
||
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
|
||
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being"
|
||
" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*"
|
||
" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of "
|
||
"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "หน่วยวัด"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to "
|
||
"measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, "
|
||
"time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for "
|
||
"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by "
|
||
"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and "
|
||
"selling products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales "
|
||
"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same "
|
||
"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33
|
||
msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used "
|
||
"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also "
|
||
"in centimeters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product "
|
||
"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from "
|
||
"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is "
|
||
"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from"
|
||
" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match "
|
||
"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure "
|
||
"<inventory/management/products/units_of_measure>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "แพ็คเกจ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a "
|
||
"picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. "
|
||
"Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** "
|
||
"specific to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to "
|
||
"either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping "
|
||
"containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are "
|
||
"used to ship the products out to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different "
|
||
"packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales "
|
||
"Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated"
|
||
" into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes"
|
||
" of erasers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into "
|
||
"as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales "
|
||
"Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so "
|
||
"there is a full history for each product, including which package each item "
|
||
"is shipped out in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings "
|
||
"--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a"
|
||
" pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed "
|
||
"above the customizable product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in "
|
||
"addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination "
|
||
"Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged "
|
||
"into."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter "
|
||
"the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of "
|
||
"products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single"
|
||
" package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed "
|
||
"Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. "
|
||
"This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table"
|
||
" to specify which products are intended for which package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same "
|
||
":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery "
|
||
"Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the "
|
||
"right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, "
|
||
"like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, "
|
||
"type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the "
|
||
"field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo "
|
||
"displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, "
|
||
"`PACK0000007`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can "
|
||
"be specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of "
|
||
"Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and "
|
||
"`PACK0000007` each."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products for each line have been entered, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as "
|
||
"products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount "
|
||
"matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button"
|
||
" to complete the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all "
|
||
"products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option"
|
||
" to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner "
|
||
"of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used"
|
||
" in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Packagings"
|
||
msgstr "บรรจุภัณฑ์"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that "
|
||
"holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings "
|
||
"cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the "
|
||
"individual product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a "
|
||
"6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, "
|
||
"`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since "
|
||
"packagings are product specific, not generic."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Set up packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is "
|
||
"enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
|
||
"check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a "
|
||
"pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging"
|
||
" should be entered:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase "
|
||
"orders as a packaging option for the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:186
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app "
|
||
"<barcode/operations/intro>` to trace the packaging of a product during stock"
|
||
" moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
|
||
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
|
||
"companies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained "
|
||
"quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all the necessary information has been entered, either click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product "
|
||
"detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create "
|
||
"another one in a fresh pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n"
|
||
"Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214
|
||
msgid "View all packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:216
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
|
||
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
|
||
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
|
||
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:222
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
|
||
"packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
|
||
"product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 "
|
||
"products, or a `Case` of 32 products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231
|
||
msgid "Apply packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
|
||
"packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is "
|
||
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` "
|
||
"field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
|
||
"packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
|
||
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
|
||
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
|
||
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
|
||
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
|
||
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
|
||
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
|
||
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
|
||
"line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
|
||
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
|
||
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
|
||
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
|
||
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
|
||
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
|
||
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
|
||
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
|
||
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
|
||
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
|
||
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
|
||
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
|
||
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
|
||
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
|
||
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
|
||
"Costing)` method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
|
||
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
|
||
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
|
||
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
|
||
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
|
||
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
|
||
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
|
||
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
|
||
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
|
||
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
|
||
"company's inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
|
||
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
|
||
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
|
||
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
|
||
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Types of accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
|
||
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
|
||
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
|
||
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
|
||
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
|
||
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
|
||
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
|
||
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Costing methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
|
||
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
|
||
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
|
||
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
|
||
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
|
||
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
|
||
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
|
||
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
|
||
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
|
||
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
|
||
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
|
||
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
|
||
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
|
||
"sensitive to input data and human error."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
|
||
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
|
||
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
|
||
"apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
|
||
"categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
|
||
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
|
||
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
|
||
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for "
|
||
"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average "
|
||
"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from "
|
||
"validated purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
|
||
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
|
||
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
|
||
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
|
||
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
|
||
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
|
||
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
|
||
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
|
||
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
|
||
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
|
||
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
|
||
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
|
||
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
|
||
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
|
||
" at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
|
||
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
|
||
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
|
||
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
|
||
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
|
||
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
|
||
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
|
||
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
|
||
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Automatic inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation "
|
||
"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Set up inventory valuation "
|
||
"<inventory/management/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
|
||
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
|
||
"scenario below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure"
|
||
" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the "
|
||
"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`"
|
||
" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal"
|
||
" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory "
|
||
"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` and select the desired product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
|
||
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button "
|
||
"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was "
|
||
"affected by this purchase."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :doc:`consignment "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
|
||
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all "
|
||
"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to"
|
||
" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
|
||
"report>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
|
||
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
|
||
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
|
||
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on "
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products "
|
||
"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-"
|
||
"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified "
|
||
"date can be seen and selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-"
|
||
"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the "
|
||
"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Update product unit price"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
|
||
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
|
||
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
|
||
"to update the unit price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
|
||
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
|
||
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
|
||
"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by "
|
||
"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to "
|
||
"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ "
|
||
"(plus)` button on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
|
||
" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be "
|
||
"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are"
|
||
" only visible after grouping entries by product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
|
||
"inflation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` "
|
||
"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory "
|
||
"valuation records are identified by checking values in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column "
|
||
"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` "
|
||
"for receipts)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry "
|
||
"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change "
|
||
"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the "
|
||
"warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon "
|
||
"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page "
|
||
"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`."
|
||
" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value "
|
||
"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for "
|
||
"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
|
||
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
|
||
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
|
||
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
|
||
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
|
||
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
|
||
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
|
||
"routes-1018>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
|
||
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
|
||
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
|
||
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
|
||
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
|
||
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
|
||
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
|
||
"on shipped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
|
||
msgid "One-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
|
||
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
|
||
"perishable items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Two-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
|
||
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
|
||
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
|
||
" the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
|
||
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
|
||
"being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
|
||
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
|
||
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
|
||
"until they are transferred into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Three-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
|
||
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
|
||
"inspection into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
|
||
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
|
||
"for shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
|
||
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
|
||
"before receiving items into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
|
||
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
|
||
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
|
||
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
|
||
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
|
||
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
|
||
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
|
||
" not fit the needs of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
|
||
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
|
||
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
|
||
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
|
||
"which are all associated with the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Process a picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
|
||
"another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
|
||
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
|
||
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
|
||
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
|
||
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
|
||
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
|
||
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
|
||
" packing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Process a packing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
|
||
"output location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
|
||
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
|
||
"the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
|
||
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
|
||
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
|
||
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
|
||
"step receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
|
||
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
|
||
"three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
|
||
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` "
|
||
"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 "
|
||
"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
|
||
"step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "รับสินค้าโดยตรง (1 สเตป)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
|
||
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
|
||
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
|
||
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
|
||
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
|
||
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
|
||
"pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
|
||
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
|
||
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
|
||
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
|
||
"reception process in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "ส่งสินค้าโดยตรง (1 ขั้นตอน)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
|
||
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"delivery order for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
|
||
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
|
||
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
|
||
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
|
||
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
|
||
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
|
||
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
|
||
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
|
||
" into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
|
||
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
|
||
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
|
||
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
|
||
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
|
||
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
|
||
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
|
||
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
|
||
"steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
|
||
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
|
||
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location "
|
||
"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if "
|
||
"necessary)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
|
||
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
|
||
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
|
||
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
|
||
" the end of the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form "
|
||
"— click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
|
||
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
|
||
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
|
||
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
|
||
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Input location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
|
||
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
|
||
"view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
|
||
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
|
||
"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. "
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Process the picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
|
||
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
|
||
" the delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
|
||
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
|
||
"Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
|
||
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
|
||
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
|
||
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
|
||
"on the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
|
||
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
|
||
"begin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
|
||
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
|
||
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
|
||
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
|
||
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
|
||
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
|
||
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
|
||
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
|
||
"goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
|
||
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
|
||
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
|
||
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
|
||
"quality area and into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
|
||
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
|
||
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
|
||
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
|
||
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
|
||
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
|
||
"are waiting another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
|
||
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
|
||
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
|
||
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
|
||
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
|
||
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Quality location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
|
||
"kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
|
||
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
|
||
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
|
||
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
|
||
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
|
||
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
|
||
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "คลังสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
|
||
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
|
||
" between them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
|
||
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
|
||
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
|
||
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
|
||
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
|
||
"vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
|
||
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
|
||
" outgoing shipments should follow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
|
||
"from this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
|
||
"this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
|
||
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
|
||
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
|
||
"the warehouse being created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
|
||
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
|
||
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
|
||
"will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
|
||
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
|
||
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
|
||
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
|
||
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment can be referred to by"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
|
||
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
|
||
" added to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
|
||
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
|
||
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
|
||
"have no existing inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
|
||
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
|
||
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
|
||
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
|
||
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
|
||
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
|
||
"fill out the product line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
|
||
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
|
||
"within the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
|
||
"serial number used to identify it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
|
||
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
|
||
"new location or warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
|
||
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
|
||
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
|
||
"inventory of the new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
|
||
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
|
||
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
|
||
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
|
||
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
|
||
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
|
||
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
|
||
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
|
||
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
|
||
"resupply this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Set route on a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
|
||
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
|
||
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
|
||
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
|
||
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
|
||
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
|
||
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
|
||
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
|
||
"tracked in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
|
||
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
|
||
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
|
||
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
|
||
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
|
||
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
|
||
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
|
||
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
|
||
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
|
||
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
|
||
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
|
||
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
|
||
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
|
||
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
|
||
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
|
||
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
|
||
"Francisco 2\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
|
||
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"a new one, if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
|
||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
|
||
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
|
||
"that products are transferred from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
|
||
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
|
||
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
|
||
" being replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
|
||
"take place"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
|
||
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
|
||
"product will be transferred from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
|
||
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
|
||
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
|
||
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
|
||
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
|
||
"step deliveries and receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
|
||
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
|
||
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
|
||
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
|
||
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
|
||
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
|
||
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
|
||
"quantities shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
|
||
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
|
||
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
|
||
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
|
||
"quantities received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
|
||
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
|
||
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
|
||
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
|
||
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
|
||
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
|
||
"configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
|
||
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
|
||
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
|
||
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
|
||
"replenished in batches of 20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
|
||
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
|
||
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
|
||
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
|
||
" pop-up that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
|
||
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
|
||
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "คลังสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
|
||
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
|
||
"can create moves between warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
|
||
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
|
||
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
|
||
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
|
||
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
|
||
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
|
||
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
|
||
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
|
||
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
|
||
"(**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
|
||
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of the warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
|
||
"The short name is five characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
|
||
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
|
||
"letters of location]\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
|
||
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
|
||
"created warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Create a new location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
|
||
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
|
||
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
|
||
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
|
||
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
|
||
"locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
|
||
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
|
||
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
|
||
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
|
||
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
|
||
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
|
||
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
|
||
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
|
||
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
|
||
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
|
||
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
|
||
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
|
||
"Configuration` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
|
||
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
|
||
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
|
||
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
|
||
"individual products or product categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
|
||
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
|
||
" from this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
|
||
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
|
||
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
|
||
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
|
||
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
|
||
" to this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
|
||
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
|
||
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
|
||
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
|
||
" physical stock locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
|
||
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
|
||
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
|
||
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
|
||
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
|
||
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
|
||
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
|
||
"*child locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
|
||
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
|
||
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
|
||
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
|
||
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
|
||
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
|
||
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
|
||
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
|
||
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
|
||
"in each warehouse, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
|
||
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
|
||
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
|
||
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
|
||
"quotation into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
|
||
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
|
||
" virtual warehouse location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
|
||
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
|
||
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
|
||
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
|
||
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
|
||
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
|
||
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
|
||
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
|
||
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
|
||
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
|
||
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
|
||
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
|
||
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
|
||
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
|
||
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
|
||
"invoice for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
|
||
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
|
||
"employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
|
||
"made available to the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
|
||
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
|
||
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
|
||
" the configured push/pull rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
|
||
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
|
||
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
|
||
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
|
||
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
|
||
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
|
||
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
|
||
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
|
||
"respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Pull rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
|
||
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
|
||
"between the two locations is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
|
||
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
|
||
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
|
||
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
|
||
"finally the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Push rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
|
||
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
|
||
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
|
||
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
|
||
"locations for different products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
|
||
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
|
||
" to their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
|
||
"already generated the product transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
|
||
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
|
||
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
|
||
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
|
||
" per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Use routes and rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
|
||
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
|
||
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
|
||
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
|
||
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
|
||
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
|
||
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
|
||
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
|
||
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
|
||
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
|
||
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
|
||
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
|
||
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
|
||
"places."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
|
||
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
|
||
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
|
||
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
|
||
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
|
||
"from the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
|
||
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
|
||
"that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
|
||
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
|
||
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
|
||
"manually set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220
|
||
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "กฏ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
|
||
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
|
||
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
|
||
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
|
||
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
|
||
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
|
||
"this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
|
||
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
|
||
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
|
||
"destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
|
||
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
|
||
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
|
||
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
|
||
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
|
||
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
|
||
"zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
|
||
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
|
||
" of the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
|
||
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
|
||
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
|
||
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
|
||
"products to the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
|
||
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281
|
||
msgid "Sample full route flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
|
||
" flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
|
||
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
|
||
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
|
||
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
|
||
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
|
||
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
|
||
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
|
||
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
|
||
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
|
||
"items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
|
||
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
|
||
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
|
||
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
|
||
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
|
||
"and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
|
||
" the following sub-locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
|
||
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
|
||
"redirected to the right storage location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
|
||
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
|
||
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Take the following example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
|
||
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
|
||
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
|
||
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
|
||
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
|
||
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
|
||
"storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
|
||
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
|
||
"location is considered available to store a product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
|
||
"location is empty."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
|
||
"the same product is already there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
|
||
"in this location at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
|
||
"linked to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
|
||
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
|
||
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
|
||
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
|
||
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
|
||
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
|
||
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
|
||
"transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
|
||
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
|
||
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
|
||
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
|
||
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
|
||
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
|
||
" in the stock for the longest period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
|
||
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
|
||
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
|
||
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
|
||
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
|
||
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
|
||
"is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
|
||
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
|
||
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
|
||
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
|
||
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
|
||
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
|
||
"with five boxes in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
|
||
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
|
||
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
|
||
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
|
||
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
|
||
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
|
||
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
|
||
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
|
||
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Closest Location"
|
||
msgstr "ตำแหน่งที่ใกล้ที่สุด"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
|
||
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
|
||
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
|
||
"that do not deteriorate with time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
|
||
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
|
||
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
|
||
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
|
||
"alphabetic order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Use removal strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
|
||
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
|
||
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
|
||
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
|
||
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
|
||
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
|
||
"the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
|
||
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
|
||
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
|
||
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
|
||
"strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
|
||
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
|
||
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
|
||
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
|
||
"in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
|
||
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
|
||
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
|
||
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
|
||
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
|
||
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
|
||
"them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
|
||
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "การจัดส่งสินค้า"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
|
||
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
|
||
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
|
||
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
|
||
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
|
||
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
|
||
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
|
||
"enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
|
||
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
|
||
"purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
|
||
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
|
||
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
|
||
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
|
||
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
|
||
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
|
||
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
|
||
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
|
||
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
|
||
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
|
||
"confirm the delivered quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
|
||
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Change shipping label size"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
|
||
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
|
||
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
|
||
"to fit the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a"
|
||
" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx "
|
||
"International* will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different shipping methods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
|
||
"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a label type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
|
||
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
|
||
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
|
||
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
|
||
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
|
||
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Example labels"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
|
||
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
|
||
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
|
||
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
|
||
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
|
||
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
|
||
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
|
||
"multiple delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
|
||
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
|
||
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
|
||
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
|
||
"item, or both."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
|
||
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
|
||
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
|
||
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
|
||
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
|
||
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
|
||
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
|
||
"close the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
|
||
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
|
||
" the selected items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
|
||
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
|
||
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
|
||
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
|
||
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
|
||
"items included in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
|
||
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
|
||
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
|
||
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
|
||
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
|
||
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
|
||
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
|
||
" be shipped later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
|
||
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
|
||
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
|
||
"view the backorder delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
|
||
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
|
||
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
|
||
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
|
||
"create the first backorder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "การจัดส่ง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
|
||
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
|
||
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
|
||
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
|
||
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
|
||
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
|
||
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
|
||
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
|
||
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
|
||
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
|
||
"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
|
||
"required."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
|
||
" address`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
|
||
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
|
||
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
|
||
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
|
||
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
|
||
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
|
||
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
|
||
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
|
||
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
|
||
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
|
||
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
|
||
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
|
||
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
|
||
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
|
||
"shipping method or create a new product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
|
||
"shipping products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
|
||
"products` link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
|
||
"and returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
|
||
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
|
||
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
|
||
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
|
||
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
|
||
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
|
||
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
|
||
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
|
||
" within 24 hours of creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
|
||
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
|
||
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
|
||
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
|
||
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
|
||
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
|
||
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
|
||
"following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
|
||
"returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
|
||
"configured Sendcloud account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
|
||
msgid "FAQ"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
|
||
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
|
||
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
|
||
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
|
||
"transfer and generate labels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
|
||
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
|
||
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
|
||
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
|
||
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
|
||
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
|
||
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
|
||
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
|
||
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
|
||
" the volumetric weight."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
|
||
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
|
||
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
|
||
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
|
||
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Maintenance"
|
||
msgstr "ซ่อมบำรุง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping "
|
||
"track of maintenance requirements."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Equipment management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add new equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
|
||
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
|
||
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
|
||
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
|
||
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
|
||
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
|
||
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
|
||
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
|
||
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
|
||
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
|
||
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
|
||
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
|
||
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
|
||
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
|
||
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
|
||
"employee and a department"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
|
||
"page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
|
||
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
|
||
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
|
||
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
|
||
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
|
||
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
|
||
"work centers, like an office, for example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
|
||
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
|
||
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Include additional product information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
|
||
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
|
||
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
|
||
"Failures)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
|
||
"warranty will expire"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add maintenance details"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
|
||
"maintenance teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
|
||
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
|
||
"equipment when it fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
|
||
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
|
||
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
|
||
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
|
||
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
|
||
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
|
||
" the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "การผลิต"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
|
||
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
|
||
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing workflows"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
|
||
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
|
||
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
|
||
"needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
|
||
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process and save time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
|
||
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
|
||
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
|
||
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
|
||
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
|
||
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
|
||
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
|
||
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
|
||
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
|
||
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
|
||
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
|
||
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
|
||
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
|
||
"on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Set up operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
|
||
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
|
||
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
|
||
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
|
||
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
|
||
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
|
||
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
|
||
"Operations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
|
||
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
|
||
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
|
||
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
|
||
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing product configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
|
||
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
|
||
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
|
||
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
|
||
"manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Activate the Manufacture route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
|
||
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
|
||
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
|
||
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is "
|
||
"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to"
|
||
" manufacture a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
|
||
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
|
||
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
|
||
"new |BOM|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM"
|
||
" produces."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
|
||
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
|
||
"all components have been added."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added "
|
||
"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will "
|
||
"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
|
||
"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
|
||
"checkbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Learn more"
|
||
msgstr "เรียนรู้เพิ่มเติม"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that "
|
||
"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an "
|
||
"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. "
|
||
"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how "
|
||
"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-"
|
||
"configuration>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be "
|
||
"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to "
|
||
"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful "
|
||
"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization "
|
||
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
|
||
"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the "
|
||
"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, "
|
||
"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for "
|
||
"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the "
|
||
"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All "
|
||
"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to "
|
||
"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components "
|
||
"require no specific configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM"
|
||
" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
|
||
"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` "
|
||
"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the"
|
||
" previously configured kit product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option."
|
||
" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(bill of materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
|
||
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
|
||
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
|
||
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
|
||
"the kit is listed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. "
|
||
"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
|
||
"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of"
|
||
" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs"
|
||
" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a "
|
||
"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
|
||
" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a "
|
||
"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
|
||
"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
|
||
"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the "
|
||
"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can "
|
||
"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Structure & cost"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of "
|
||
"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
|
||
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and "
|
||
"viewed from this report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
|
||
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
|
||
"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
|
||
"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-"
|
||
"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-"
|
||
"assemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
|
||
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
|
||
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
|
||
"for the remaining amount."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
|
||
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
|
||
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
|
||
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
|
||
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
|
||
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
|
||
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
|
||
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
|
||
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
|
||
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
|
||
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
|
||
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
|
||
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
|
||
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
|
||
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
|
||
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
|
||
"the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
|
||
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
|
||
"manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
|
||
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
|
||
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
|
||
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
|
||
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
|
||
" pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
|
||
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
|
||
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
|
||
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
|
||
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
|
||
"the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
|
||
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
|
||
"section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
|
||
"tablet view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
|
||
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
|
||
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
|
||
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
|
||
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
|
||
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
|
||
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
|
||
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
|
||
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
|
||
"multiple work orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Single work order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
|
||
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
|
||
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
|
||
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
|
||
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
|
||
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
|
||
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
|
||
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
|
||
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
|
||
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
|
||
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
|
||
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
|
||
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
|
||
"the steps detailed in this section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
|
||
msgid "Multiple work orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
|
||
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
|
||
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
|
||
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
|
||
"the original order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
|
||
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
|
||
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
|
||
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
|
||
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
|
||
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
|
||
" orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
|
||
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
|
||
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
|
||
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
|
||
"tag."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
|
||
"steps detailed in this section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
|
||
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
|
||
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
|
||
"backorder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
|
||
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
|
||
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
|
||
"two of them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
|
||
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
|
||
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
|
||
"Production`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
|
||
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
|
||
"completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
|
||
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
|
||
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
|
||
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
|
||
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Activate product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
|
||
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
|
||
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
|
||
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
|
||
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
|
||
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
|
||
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
|
||
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
|
||
"product variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
|
||
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
|
||
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
|
||
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
|
||
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
|
||
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
|
||
"physical inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be "
|
||
"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be"
|
||
" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the "
|
||
"manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
|
||
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
|
||
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
|
||
"Locations/Scrap` location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Scrap manufacturing components"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a "
|
||
"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a"
|
||
" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button "
|
||
"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` "
|
||
"pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
|
||
"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity"
|
||
" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap"
|
||
" the component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the "
|
||
"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished "
|
||
"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product "
|
||
"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the "
|
||
"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock "
|
||
"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the "
|
||
"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two "
|
||
"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the "
|
||
"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to "
|
||
"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Scrap components from tablet view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do "
|
||
"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then "
|
||
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left"
|
||
" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then "
|
||
"appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and "
|
||
"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Scrap finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing "
|
||
"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, "
|
||
"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
|
||
"window appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they"
|
||
" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, "
|
||
"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished "
|
||
"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
|
||
"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to "
|
||
"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during "
|
||
"manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped "
|
||
"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair "
|
||
"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
|
||
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
|
||
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
|
||
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
|
||
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
|
||
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
|
||
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
|
||
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
|
||
" Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
|
||
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
|
||
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
|
||
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
|
||
"component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage production planning"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
|
||
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
|
||
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
|
||
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
|
||
"the more appropriate option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
|
||
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
|
||
"options:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
|
||
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
|
||
"`0`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
|
||
"semi-finished product's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
|
||
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
|
||
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
|
||
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
|
||
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
|
||
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
|
||
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
|
||
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
|
||
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
|
||
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
|
||
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "การติดตามย้อนกลับ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
|
||
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
|
||
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
|
||
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
|
||
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
|
||
"receiving your final product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
|
||
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
|
||
"line hamburger menus."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
|
||
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
|
||
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
|
||
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
|
||
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
|
||
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
|
||
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
|
||
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
|
||
"route should also be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
|
||
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
|
||
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
|
||
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
|
||
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
|
||
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
|
||
"is a buy route already."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
|
||
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
|
||
"locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
|
||
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
|
||
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
|
||
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
|
||
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
|
||
"you are delivering to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
|
||
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
|
||
" the delivery address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
|
||
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
|
||
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
|
||
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
|
||
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
|
||
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
|
||
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
|
||
"to hide rows if you like."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
|
||
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
|
||
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
|
||
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
|
||
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
|
||
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
|
||
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
|
||
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
|
||
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
|
||
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
|
||
"cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
|
||
"different colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
|
||
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
|
||
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
|
||
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
|
||
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
|
||
" Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
|
||
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
|
||
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
|
||
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
|
||
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
|
||
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
|
||
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
|
||
"can be in use each week"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
|
||
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
|
||
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
|
||
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
|
||
"minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
|
||
"work center simultaneously"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
|
||
"is finished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
|
||
"hour"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
|
||
"should be recorded"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
|
||
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
|
||
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
|
||
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
|
||
"equipment to become fully operational again"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
|
||
"failure will occur"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
|
||
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
|
||
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
|
||
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
|
||
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
|
||
"carried out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
|
||
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
|
||
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
|
||
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
|
||
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
|
||
"top left of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
|
||
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
|
||
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
|
||
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
|
||
"at the top right of the form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
|
||
"the work center has been fully productive"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
|
||
"workload"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
|
||
"percentage of the expected duration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
|
||
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
|
||
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
|
||
"operational again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
|
||
"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that "
|
||
"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work "
|
||
"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that "
|
||
"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is "
|
||
"available again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
|
||
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
|
||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`"
|
||
" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-"
|
||
"up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to "
|
||
"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`"
|
||
" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time "
|
||
"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module "
|
||
"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Time Off module installation card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
|
||
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable"
|
||
" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If"
|
||
" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away "
|
||
"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one "
|
||
"work center can also be performed at the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work "
|
||
"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo "
|
||
"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is "
|
||
"unavailable for any reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work "
|
||
"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and "
|
||
"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the "
|
||
":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` "
|
||
"drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard "
|
||
"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other "
|
||
"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be "
|
||
"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On"
|
||
" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
|
||
"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End"
|
||
" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be "
|
||
"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is "
|
||
"logged in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
|
||
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Plan` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the "
|
||
"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
|
||
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
|
||
" to confirm the work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By "
|
||
"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top "
|
||
"left of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
|
||
"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative "
|
||
"work center unless the first one is at capacity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "สั่งซื้อ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and "
|
||
"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishment, and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "ระดับสูง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
|
||
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
|
||
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
|
||
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
|
||
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
|
||
"pricing with vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
|
||
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
|
||
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
|
||
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
|
||
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
|
||
"a new blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
|
||
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
|
||
"agreement must follow:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
|
||
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
|
||
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
|
||
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
|
||
"purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
|
||
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
|
||
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
|
||
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
|
||
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
|
||
"expire, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
|
||
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
|
||
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
|
||
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
|
||
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
|
||
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
|
||
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
|
||
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
|
||
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
|
||
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
|
||
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
|
||
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
|
||
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
|
||
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
|
||
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
|
||
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
|
||
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
|
||
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
|
||
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
|
||
" price will remain **0**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
|
||
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
|
||
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
|
||
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
|
||
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
|
||
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
|
||
"for the type of selection:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
|
||
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
|
||
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
|
||
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
|
||
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
|
||
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
|
||
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
|
||
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
|
||
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
|
||
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
|
||
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
|
||
"manually set by the user."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
|
||
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
|
||
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
|
||
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
|
||
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
|
||
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
|
||
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
|
||
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
|
||
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
|
||
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
|
||
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
|
||
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
|
||
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
|
||
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
|
||
"order that was just created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
|
||
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
|
||
"Arrival` date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
|
||
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
|
||
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
|
||
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
|
||
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
|
||
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
|
||
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
|
||
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
|
||
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
|
||
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
|
||
"replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
|
||
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
|
||
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
|
||
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
|
||
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
|
||
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
|
||
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
|
||
"which vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
|
||
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
|
||
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
|
||
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
|
||
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
|
||
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
|
||
"*blanket orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
|
||
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
|
||
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
|
||
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
|
||
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
|
||
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
|
||
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
|
||
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
|
||
"offers for them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
|
||
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
|
||
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
|
||
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
|
||
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
|
||
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
|
||
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
|
||
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
|
||
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
|
||
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
|
||
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
|
||
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
|
||
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
|
||
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
|
||
"manually, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
|
||
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
|
||
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
|
||
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
|
||
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
|
||
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
|
||
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
|
||
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
|
||
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
|
||
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
|
||
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
|
||
"at first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
|
||
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
|
||
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
|
||
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
|
||
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
|
||
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
|
||
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
|
||
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
|
||
msgid "Compare product lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
|
||
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
|
||
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
|
||
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
|
||
"created previously."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
|
||
" a Compare Order Lines page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
|
||
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
|
||
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
|
||
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
|
||
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
|
||
"order, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
|
||
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
|
||
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
|
||
" is changed to **0**, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
|
||
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
|
||
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
|
||
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
|
||
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
|
||
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
|
||
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
|
||
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
|
||
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
|
||
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
|
||
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
|
||
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
|
||
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
|
||
"when finished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
|
||
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
|
||
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
|
||
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
|
||
"column at the far right of their rows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
|
||
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
|
||
"into the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
|
||
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
|
||
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
|
||
"applied to any new product created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
|
||
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
|
||
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
|
||
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
|
||
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
|
||
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
|
||
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
|
||
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
|
||
"products actually being received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
|
||
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
|
||
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
|
||
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
|
||
"some of the quantities are received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
|
||
msgid "3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "การจับคู่ 3 ทาง"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
|
||
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
|
||
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
|
||
"set to *received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
|
||
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
|
||
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
|
||
"in a purchase order have been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
|
||
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
|
||
"draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
|
||
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
|
||
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
|
||
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
|
||
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
|
||
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
|
||
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
|
||
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
|
||
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
|
||
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
|
||
"policy used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "*Not applicable*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a "
|
||
"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive"
|
||
" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services "
|
||
"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
|
||
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app"
|
||
" settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
|
||
"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a "
|
||
"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of "
|
||
"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** "
|
||
"are used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control "
|
||
"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a "
|
||
"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of "
|
||
"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check"
|
||
" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
|
||
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
|
||
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on "
|
||
"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is "
|
||
"completed at different steps of the procurement process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
|
||
msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*"
|
||
" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
|
||
"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for "
|
||
"the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft "
|
||
"Bill` page for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify "
|
||
"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed,"
|
||
" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
|
||
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number,"
|
||
" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> "
|
||
"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down "
|
||
"menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
|
||
"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` "
|
||
"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a "
|
||
"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the "
|
||
"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods "
|
||
"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128
|
||
msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any "
|
||
"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before "
|
||
"proceeding."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received "
|
||
"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will"
|
||
" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items "
|
||
"included on the order to create a vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse "
|
||
"receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to "
|
||
"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft "
|
||
"Bill`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft "
|
||
"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor "
|
||
"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, "
|
||
"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any "
|
||
"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
|
||
"the bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration "
|
||
"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add"
|
||
" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` "
|
||
"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`"
|
||
" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222
|
||
msgid "Batch billing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. "
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This "
|
||
"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send"
|
||
" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices "
|
||
"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process "
|
||
"payments for multiple vendor bills at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this "
|
||
"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` "
|
||
"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and "
|
||
"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a "
|
||
"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are"
|
||
" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will "
|
||
"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Posted`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
|
||
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
|
||
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
|
||
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
|
||
" below a set threshold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
|
||
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
|
||
"be added to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
|
||
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
|
||
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
|
||
"into it's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
|
||
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
|
||
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
|
||
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
|
||
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
|
||
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
|
||
" once they are received and entered into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
|
||
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
|
||
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
|
||
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
|
||
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
|
||
"created for 21 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
|
||
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
|
||
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
|
||
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
|
||
"Quantity` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
|
||
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
|
||
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
|
||
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
|
||
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
|
||
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
|
||
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
|
||
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
|
||
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
|
||
"top of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
|
||
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
|
||
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
|
||
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Quality"
|
||
msgstr "คุณภาพ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing "
|
||
"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality "
|
||
"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality control basics"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
|
||
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
|
||
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
|
||
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
|
||
"detected by automated processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
|
||
" the *Quality* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
|
||
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
|
||
"quality team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
|
||
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
|
||
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
|
||
"created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
|
||
"the quality issue, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
|
||
"originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
|
||
" alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
|
||
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
|
||
"information to quality teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
|
||
"occurring in the future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
|
||
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
|
||
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
|
||
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access the work order menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
|
||
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
|
||
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
|
||
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
|
||
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
|
||
"calendar, and pivot table views."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
|
||
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
|
||
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Quality checks"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used "
|
||
"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted"
|
||
" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory "
|
||
"operation or manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks"
|
||
" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a "
|
||
"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee"
|
||
" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full "
|
||
"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on"
|
||
" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-"
|
||
"control-points>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it "
|
||
"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check"
|
||
" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that "
|
||
"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct "
|
||
"unprompted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Manual quality check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery"
|
||
" order) and all products within it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is "
|
||
"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that "
|
||
"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a "
|
||
"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected"
|
||
" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted "
|
||
"for."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down "
|
||
"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-"
|
||
"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation "
|
||
"the quality check is being conducted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality "
|
||
"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging"
|
||
" to a specific |QCP|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct "
|
||
"the quality check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check "
|
||
"before the check can be completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a "
|
||
"certain criteria to pass the check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to "
|
||
"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be "
|
||
"completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-"
|
||
"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be "
|
||
"filled out to complete the check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible "
|
||
"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company "
|
||
"that owns the product being inspected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
|
||
"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a "
|
||
"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any"
|
||
" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was "
|
||
"created, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, "
|
||
"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Process quality check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or "
|
||
"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. "
|
||
"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order "
|
||
"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is "
|
||
"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order "
|
||
"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on "
|
||
":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-"
|
||
"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create "
|
||
"quality checks for a specific work order operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Quality check page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select"
|
||
" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the "
|
||
"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`"
|
||
" tab at the bottom of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of"
|
||
" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Quality check on order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory "
|
||
"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. "
|
||
"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
|
||
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
|
||
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
|
||
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
|
||
" of the quality checks required for that order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up "
|
||
"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up "
|
||
"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button "
|
||
"appears instead. Click it to complete the check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Quality check on work order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
|
||
" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then "
|
||
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that "
|
||
"requires the quality check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
|
||
"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions"
|
||
" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, "
|
||
"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the "
|
||
"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` "
|
||
"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the "
|
||
"next step of the work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A quality check for a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add quality controls"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are "
|
||
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
|
||
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
|
||
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
|
||
"specific points during production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Configure quality control points"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
|
||
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
|
||
"accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
|
||
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
|
||
"specific quality control point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
|
||
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
|
||
"Orders`, etc.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
|
||
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
|
||
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
|
||
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
|
||
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
|
||
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
|
||
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
|
||
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
|
||
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
|
||
"the quality control point check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
|
||
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
|
||
"fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
|
||
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
|
||
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
|
||
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
|
||
"will pass the check:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
|
||
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
|
||
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
|
||
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
|
||
" 60.5 mm)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
|
||
"check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
|
||
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
|
||
"specified on the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
|
||
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
|
||
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
|
||
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
|
||
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
|
||
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
|
||
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
|
||
"team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|